blob: 679654efa83f8f2dabc2e38227b17a8269182c49 [file] [log] [blame]
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.0. Last change: 2023 Dec 17
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
274The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
275For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
276The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
277highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
278after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
279
280Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
281can be used for the same group.
282
283The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
284 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
285
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200286 *hl-Ignore*
287When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
288mechanism. See |conceal|.
289
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000290==============================================================================
2913. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
292
293This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
294issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
295located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
296
297":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
298
299 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
300 |
301 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
302 |
303 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
304 | |
305 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
306 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
307 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
308 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
309 | | set yet.
310 | |
311 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
312 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
313 | |
314 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
315 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
316 |
317 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
318 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
319 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
320 | |
321 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
322 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
323 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
324 | |
325 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
326 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
327 | | *synload-4*
328 | |
329 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
330 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
331 | |
332 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
333 |
334 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
335 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
336 |
337 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
338 already loaded buffer.
339
340
341Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
342
343 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
344 |
345 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
346 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
347 | option is set to the file type.
348 |
349 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
350 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
351 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
352 | |
353 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
354 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
355 | |
356 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
357 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
358 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
359 |
360 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
361 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
362 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
363 |
364 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
365 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
366 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
367 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
368 |
369 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
370 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
371 syntax.
372
373==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003744. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000375
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003762html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200377window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200379After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
380colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
381|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
382or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200383|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
384in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200385
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000386You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
387Source the script to convert the current file: >
388
389 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
390<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200391Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
392options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
393the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
394|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000395
396Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200397- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200399- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100400 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
401 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402
403Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
404Unix shell: >
405 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
406<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200407 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
408To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
409command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
410and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
411
412 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
413 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
414 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
415<
416 *:TOhtml*
417:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
418 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200419 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
420 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
421 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
422 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200423
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200424 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
425 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
426 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
427 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
428 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
429 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
430 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
431 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200432
433 Examples: >
434
435 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
436 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
437 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
438<
439 *g:html_diff_one_file*
440Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200441When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
442page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4431, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200444Example: >
445
446 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
447<
448 *g:html_whole_filler*
449Default: 0.
450When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
451is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
452of inserted lines.
453When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
454not set.
455>
456 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
457<
458 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
459Default: 0.
460When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4612html.vim conversion process.
462When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
463but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
464files it can take a long time!
465Example: >
466
467 let g:html_no_progress = 1
468<
469You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
470run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
471moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
472
473 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
474<
475Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
476need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
477conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
478script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
479specifying each command separately.
480
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100481 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
482When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
483as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
484current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
485have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
486differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
487your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
488
489 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
490<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200491 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100492Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200493When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
494When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
495highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
496Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
497 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
498Force to omit the line numbers: >
499 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
500Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
501 :unlet g:html_number_lines
502<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100503 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200504Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
505When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
506inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
507takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
508pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
509view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200510(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200511javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
512For example: >
513
514 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
515 page.html#123 does the same
516
517 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
518 diff.html#42 does the same
519<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200520 *g:html_use_css*
521Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100522When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
523browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
525recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
526forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
527Example: >
528 :let g:html_use_css = 0
529<
530 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
531Default: 0.
532When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
533from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
534value of 'conceallevel'.
535When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
536|conceal|ed.
537
538Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
539included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
540 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
541 :setl conceallevel=0
542<
543 *g:html_ignore_folding*
544Default: 0.
545When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
546Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
547the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
548When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
549text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
550
551Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
552in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
553 zR
554 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
555<
556 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
557Default: 0.
558When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
559When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
560in Vim.
561
562Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
563regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
564
565This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
566>
567 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
568<
569 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
570Default: 0.
571When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
572Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
573open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
574'foldcolumn' setting.
575When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
576folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
577>
578 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
579<
580 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100581Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200582This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
583when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
584for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
585line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
586affected in this way as follows:
587 f: fold column
588 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
589 t: fold text
590 d: diff filler
591
592Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
593 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
594<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100595The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
596of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
597
598 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500599Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100600If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
601
602When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
603uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
604selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
605pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
606invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100607Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100608browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
609
610When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
611older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
612<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
613to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
614number of browsers, both old and new.
615
616When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
617generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
618Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
619the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
620standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200621
622 *g:html_no_invalid*
623Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100624When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
625not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
626element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
627in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
628paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
629invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
630<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
631remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200632
633 *g:html_hover_unfold*
634Default: 0.
635When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
636|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
637When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
638cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
639disabled javascript to view the folded text.
640
641Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
642feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
643normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
644they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
645>
646 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
647<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200648 *g:html_id_expr*
649Default: ""
650Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
651to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
652longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
653evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
654so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
655larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
656
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000657 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200658<
659To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
660
661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
662<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100663Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200664evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
665windows.
666
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200667 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100668Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200669When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
670not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
671When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
672used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
673window.
674Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
675 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
676Explicitly disable wrapping: >
677 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
678Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
679 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
680<
681 *g:html_no_pre*
682Default: 0.
683When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
684tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
685characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
686When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
687used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
688references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
689text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
690old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
691the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
692>
693 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
694<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100695 *g:html_no_doc*
696Default: 0.
697When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
698<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
699define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
700settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
701
702
703 *g:html_no_links*
704Default: 0.
705Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
706
707 *g:html_no_modeline*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
710
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200711 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100712Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
713 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
714 1 otherwise.
715When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200716number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100717When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200718are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
719allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
720the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
721indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
722
723Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
724 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
725<
726Force tabs to be expanded: >
727 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
728<
729 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
730It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
731|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
732
733If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
734for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
735'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
736set to match the chosen document encoding.
737
738Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
739|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
740wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
741encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
742below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
743
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100744Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200745the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
746
747 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
748 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
749
750 *g:html_use_encoding*
751Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
752To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
753name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
754something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
755webserver: >
756 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
757You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
758entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
759 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
760To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
761variable: >
762 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
763<
764 *g:html_encoding_override*
765Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
766 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
767This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
768specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
769list of conversions.
770
771This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
772pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
773
774Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
775 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
776<
777 *g:html_charset_override*
778Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
779 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
780 browser support.
781This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
782'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
783use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
784TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
785and UTF-32 instead, use: >
786 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
787
788Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
789compatibility problems with some major browsers.
790
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200791 *g:html_font*
792Default: "monospace"
793You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
794g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
795surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
796item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
797way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
798result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
799Examples: >
800
801 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
802 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
803
804 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
805 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
806<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200807 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
808Default: 0.
809When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
810When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
811>
812 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
813<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100814==============================================================================
8155. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
816
817 *b:current_syntax-variable*
818Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
819"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
820settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
821 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
822 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
823 :au BufReadPost * endif
824
825
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000826
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000827ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000828
829ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
830any value to the respective variable. Example: >
831 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
832To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
833 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
834
835Variable Highlight ~
836abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
837abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
838
839
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000840ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000841
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000842See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000843
844
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000845ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
847The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000848by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000850and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000851
852 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
853
854will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
855
856 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
857 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
858 ]]></script>
859
860See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
861
862
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000863APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000864
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100865The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
866version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000867
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
869 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000870ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
871 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
874doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
875startup vimrc: >
876 :let filetype_i = "asm"
877Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
878
879There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
880extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
881line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
882files are included:
883 asm GNU assembly (the default)
884 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
885 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
886 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
887 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
888 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
889 nasm Netwide assembly
890 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
891 MMX)
892 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
893
894The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100895 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000896Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100897one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200898immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
899equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
900between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
901particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
902highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000903
904The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
905b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000906 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
909the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
910language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000911 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000912
913As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
914
915
916Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
917
918To enable a feature: >
919 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
920To disable a feature: >
921 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
922
923Variable Highlight ~
924nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
925 (parser dependent; not recommended)
926nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
927nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
928
929
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000930ASPPERL and ASPVBS *ft-aspperl-syntax* *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000931
932*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
933hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
934using. For Perl script use: >
935 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
936 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
937For Visual Basic use: >
938 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
939 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
940
941
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000942BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000943
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200944The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000945for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
946are supported.
947
948Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
949in ones |.vimrc|: >
950 let baan_code_stds=1
951
952*baan-folding*
953
954Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
955mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
956source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
957
958To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
959 let baan_fold=1
960Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
961indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
962considered equal to a tab). >
963 let baan_fold_block=1
964Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000965SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000966match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
967 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000968Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000969the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
970.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
971 set foldminlines=5
972 set foldnestmax=6
973
974
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000975BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000976
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000977Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000978which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
979five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
980otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
981Basic.
982
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +0000983If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
984example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
985 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
986
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000987
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000988C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000989
990A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100991(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000992 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100993 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
994To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000995 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +0100996Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000997
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +0100998An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
999 :set filetype=cpp
1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001001Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001002*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1003*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
1004*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1005*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
1006*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1007*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1008*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Bram Moolenaar677ee682005-01-27 14:41:15 +00001009 except { and } in first column
Bram Moolenaar09521312016-08-12 22:54:35 +02001010 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1011 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001012*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1013 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001014*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
1015*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
1016*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1017*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
1018*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001019 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001020*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1021*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1022*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1023*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1024*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001025
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001026When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1027become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1028 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001029"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1030 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001031
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001032If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1033when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1034to a larger number: >
1035 :let c_minlines = 100
1036This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1037displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1038disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1039
1040When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1041works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1042you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1043
1044To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1045Example: >
1046 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1047 :function MyCadd()
1048 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1049 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1050 : hi link cMyItem Title
1051 :endfun
1052
1053ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1054"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1055not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1056highlighting: >
1057 :hi link cConstant NONE
1058
1059If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1060highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1061
1062If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001063in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001064~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001065 syn sync fromstart
1066 set foldmethod=syntax
1067
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001068CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001069
1070C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1071the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1072
1073By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1074of C or C++: >
1075 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1076
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001077
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001078CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001079
1080Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1081that are available. Additionally there is:
1082
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001083chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1084chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1085chill_minlines like c_minlines
1086
1087
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001088CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001089
1090ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1091If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1092 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1093This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1094"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1095file).
1096
1097You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1098 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1099Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1100 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1101This works immediately.
1102
1103
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001104CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1105
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001106 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1107
1108Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1109but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1110|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1111syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001112>
1113 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001114 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1115 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001116 \ }
1117<
1118Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1119
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001120There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1121this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1122dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001123
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001124By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1125"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1126namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001127
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001128
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001129 *g:clojure_fold*
1130
1131Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1132list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1133the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1134
1135
1136 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1137
1138Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1139reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001140>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001141 #_(defn foo [x]
1142 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001143<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001144Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1145(e.g. `#_#_`).
1146
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001147
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001148COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001149
1150COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1151development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1152versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1153add this line to your .vimrc: >
1154 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1155To disable it again, use this: >
1156 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1157
1158
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001159COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001160
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001161The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001162comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1163
1164 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1165
1166The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1167
1168
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001169CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1170
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001171Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001172
1173Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001174cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001175cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001176cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1177cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001178
1179
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001180CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001181
1182This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1183used.
1184
1185Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1186symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1187between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001188"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1189>
1190 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001191
1192For using tcsh: >
1193
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001194 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001195
1196Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1197tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001198will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001199"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1200variable.
1201
1202
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001203CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001204
1205Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001206hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001207or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001208normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001209line to your .vimrc file: >
1210
1211 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1212
1213Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1214
1215 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1216
1217To disable these again, use this: >
1218
1219 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1220 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1221<
1222
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001223CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001224
1225Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1226doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1227startup vimrc: >
1228 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1229
1230
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001231DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1232
1233Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1234used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1235a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1236from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1237
1238More information about the language and its development environment at the
1239official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1240
1241dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1242type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1243and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1244framework.
1245
1246Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1247
1248https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1249
1250
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001251DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001252
1253Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001254according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001255https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1256To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1257 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1258Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1259To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1260 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1261g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001262
1263
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001264DIFF *diff.vim*
1265
1266The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1267there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1268
1269 :let diff_translations = 0
1270
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001271Also see |diff-slow|.
1272
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001273
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001274DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001275
1276The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1277provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1278the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1279versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1280uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1281line to your startup file: >
1282 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1283
1284
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001285DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001286DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1287DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001288
1289There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1290are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1291automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1292defaults to XML.
1293You can set the type manually: >
1294 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1295or: >
1296 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1297You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1298Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1299 :set filetype=docbksgml
1300or: >
1301 :set filetype=docbkxml
1302
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001303You can specify the DocBook version: >
1304 :let docbk_ver = 3
1305When not set 4 is used.
1306
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001307
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001308DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001309
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001310Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1311supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1312NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1313and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001314Select the version you want with the following line: >
1315
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001316 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001317
1318If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001319Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001320
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001321The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1322alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1323current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1324inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1325Stack Overflow -
1326
1327https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1328
1329To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in the Windows Command
1330Interpreter or working with MS-DOS bat files, set the
1331dosbatch_colons_comment variable to anything: >
1332
1333 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1334
1335There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001336"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1337is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001338
1339 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1340
1341If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1342
1343
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001344DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1345
1346Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001347(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1348idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001349
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001350There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1351explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1352Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001353 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1354or >
1355 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1356
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001357It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1358the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1359adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001360 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1361
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001362There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1363and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001364
1365Variable Default Effect ~
1366g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1367g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1368 doxygen comments.
1369
1370doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1371 and html_my_rendering underline.
1372
1373doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1374 colour highlighting.
1375
1376doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001377 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001378
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001379There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001380configuration.
1381
1382Highlight Effect ~
1383doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1384 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1385doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1386 \endlink from a \link section.
1387
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001388
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001389DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001390
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001391The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001392case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1393
1394 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1395
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001396The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001397this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1398
1399 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1400
1401before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1402Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1403'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1404Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1405highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001406delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001407
1408 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1409
1410The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1411
1412
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001413EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001414
1415While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001416syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1417highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001418highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1419
1420 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1421
1422Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1423
1424Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1425
1426 :let eiffel_strict=1
1427 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1428
1429Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1430five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1431"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1432
1433Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1434guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1435lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1436
1437If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1438"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1439
1440 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1441
1442instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1443
1444Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1445experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1446
1447 :let eiffel_ise=1
1448
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001449Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001450
1451 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1452
1453to your startup file.
1454
1455
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001456EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1457
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001458Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001459version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001460Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1461
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001462Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/) is still necessary
1463for developing applications for the DOS platform, which Euphoria version 4
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001464(http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
1465
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001466The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1467
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001468 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1469 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1470
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001471To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001472auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1473add the following line to your startup file: >
1474
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001475 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001476
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001477< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001478
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001479 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1480
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001481Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001482specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1483file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1484filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1485Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001486
1487
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001488ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001489
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001490Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001491the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001492
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001493The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1494put the following line in your vimrc: >
1495
1496 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1497
1498To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1499
1500 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001501
1502
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001503ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1504
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001505Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1506maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001507
1508The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1509
1510 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1511
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001512Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001513specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1514file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1515filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1516Elixir.
1517
1518
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001519FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1520
1521FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package available at http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001522NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001523development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001524
1525Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1526syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1527editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1528start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1529'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1530(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1531and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1532
1533If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1534move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1535 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1536
1537
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001538FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001539
1540The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1541modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001542following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001543J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1544
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001545If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001546redefine the following syntax groups:
1547
1548 - formConditional
1549 - formNumber
1550 - formStatement
1551 - formHeaderStatement
1552 - formComment
1553 - formPreProc
1554 - formDirective
1555 - formType
1556 - formString
1557
1558Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1559directives per default in the same syntax group.
1560
1561A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001562header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001563this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1564
1565 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1566
1567The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001568gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001569conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1570
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001571Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1572should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1573the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1574
1575If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1576example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1577 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1578
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001579
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001580FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1581
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001582Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1583be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1584edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1585 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001586 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1587
1588
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001589FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001590
1591Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001592Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard) by
1593default. This choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time
1594because Fortran 2023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018,
15952008, 2003, 95, 90, and 77). A small number of features new to Fortran 2018
1596and Fortran 2023 may have been omitted at present; the transition to Fortran
15972023 will be completed in the near future. A few legacy constructs deleted or
1598declared obsolescent in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as todo
1599items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001600
1601The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1602fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1603the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001604
1605Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001606Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001607syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1608
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001609When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001610form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001611 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001612in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1613source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001614 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1615in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1616
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001617If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1618extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1619file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1620will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1621on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001622
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001623When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001624source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001625fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1626neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001627determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1628using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1629compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001630free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1631different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1632script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1633no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1634fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1635In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1636the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1637happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1638columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1639file.
1640
1641Vendor extensions ~
1642Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1643script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1644created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1645characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1646with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001647 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001648placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1649
1650If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1651set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1652 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1653placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1654
1655To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1656intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1657command such as >
1658 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1659placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001660
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001661Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001662Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001663fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001664Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001665using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001666variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1667 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001668placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001669mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1670
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001671Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001672If you wish to use foldmethod=syntax, then you must first set the variable
1673fortran_fold with a command such as >
1674 :let fortran_fold=1
1675to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1676is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001677subprograms, block data subprograms, interface blocks, and modules. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001678also set the variable fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
1679 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
1680then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, and select
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001681case constructs. If you also set the variable fortran_fold_multilinecomments
1682with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001683 :let fortran_fold_multilinecomments=1
1684then fold regions will also be defined for three or more consecutive comment
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001685lines. Note that defining fold regions can be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001686
1687If fortran_fold, and possibly fortran_fold_conditionals and/or
1688fortran_fold_multilinecomments, have been set, then vim will fold your file if
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001689you set foldmethod=syntax. Comments or blank lines placed between two program
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001690units are not folded because they are seen as not belonging to any program
1691unit.
1692
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001693The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1694comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1695non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1696or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001697items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001698
1699Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001700Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1701strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001702because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1703
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001704For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001705|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001706
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001707FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1708
1709FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1710dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1711for how to select the correct dialect.
1712
1713Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1714
1715Variable Highlight ~
1716*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1717*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1718*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1719*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1720
1721
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001722
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001723FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001724
1725In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1726the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1727appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1728patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1729number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1730
1731For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1732as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1733
1734 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1735 \ set filetype=fvwm
1736
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001737GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738
1739The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1740the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1741is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1742are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1743
1744 htmlString
1745 htmlValue
1746 htmlEndTag
1747 htmlTag
1748 htmlTagN
1749
1750Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1751java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1752group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1753correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1754to the contains clause.
1755
1756The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1757group to make them easier to see.
1758
1759
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001760GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001761
1762The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001763under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001764of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1765filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1766(see |filetype.txt|).
1767
1768
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001769HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001770
1771The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001772Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001773syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1774
1775If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1776light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1777 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1778To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1779add: >
1780 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1781To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1782 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1783And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1784 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1785If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1786your .vimrc: >
1787 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1788
1789The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1790directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001791directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1792operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001793as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1794 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1795
1796The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1797automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1798TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001799or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001800in your .vimrc >
1801 :let lhs_markup = none
1802for no highlighting at all, or >
1803 :let lhs_markup = tex
1804to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1805For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1806this variable, so e.g. >
1807 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001808will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001809set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1810loading a file.
1811
1812
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001813HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814
1815The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1816
1817The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1818This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001819closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1820are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001821
1822Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1823names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1824makes it easy to spot errors
1825
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001826Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001827names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1828
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001829Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001830are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1831text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1832while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001833only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001834<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001835
1836If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1837following syntax groups:
1838
1839 - htmlBold
1840 - htmlBoldUnderline
1841 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1842 - htmlUnderline
1843 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1844 - htmlItalic
1845 - htmlTitle for titles
1846 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1847
1848To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1849of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1850following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1851are read during initialization) >
1852 :let html_my_rendering=1
1853
1854If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1855http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1856
1857You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1858vimrc file: >
1859 :let html_no_rendering=1
1860
1861HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1862details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1863However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001864ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001865 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1866
1867JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1868'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001869programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1870currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001871
1872Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1873
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001874There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1875written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001876following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1877(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001878>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001879 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1880 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1881
1882Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1883the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1884
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001885 *html-folding*
1886The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1887and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1888
1889 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1890 :set foldmethod=syntax
1891
1892Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1893especially for large files.
1894
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001896HTML/OS (by Aestiva) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001897
1898The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1899
1900Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1901doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1902this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1903different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1904 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1905
1906Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1907
1908Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1909signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1910a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1911 :set syntax=htmlos
1912
1913Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1914block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1915
1916
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001917IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001918
1919Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1920how to recognize this filetype.
1921
1922To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1923 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1924
1925
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001926INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001927
1928Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1929most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1930to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1931 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1932
1933By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1934and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1935you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1936need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1937 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1938
1939This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1940set of highlighted system functions.
1941
1942The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1943it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1944by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1945startup sequence: >
1946 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
1947
1948By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
1949version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
1950Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
1951startup sequence: >
1952 :let inform_highlight_old=1
1953
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001954IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
1955
1956IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
1957Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
1958
1959IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
1960rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001961repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00001962
1963There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
1964are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
1965
1966The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
1967
1968Variable Effect ~
1969
1970idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
1971 extensions
1972idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
1973idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
1974 quite helpful)
1975idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
1976
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001977
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001978JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001979
1980The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options:
1981
1982In Java 1.0.2 it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
1983flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1 this is possible (with anonymous
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001984classes), and therefore is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
1985old way, put the following line into your vim startup file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001986 :let java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors=1
1987
1988All identifiers in java.lang.* are always visible in all classes. To
1989highlight them use: >
1990 :let java_highlight_java_lang_ids=1
1991
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001992You can also highlight identifiers of most standard Java packages if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001993download the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html.
1994If you prefer to only highlight identifiers of a certain package, say java.io
1995use the following: >
1996 :let java_highlight_java_io=1
1997Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
1998
1999Function names are not highlighted, as the way to find functions depends on
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002000how you write Java code. The syntax file knows two possible ways to highlight
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002001functions:
2002
2003If you write function declarations that are always indented by either
2004a tab, 8 spaces or 2 spaces you may want to set >
2005 :let java_highlight_functions="indent"
2006However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and classes are
2007supposed to be named (with respect to upper and lowercase), use >
2008 :let java_highlight_functions="style"
2009If both options do not work for you, but you would still want function
2010declarations to be highlighted create your own definitions by changing the
2011definitions in java.vim or by creating your own java.vim which includes the
2012original one and then adds the code to highlight functions.
2013
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002014In Java 1.1 the functions System.out.println() and System.err.println() should
Bram Moolenaared203462004-06-16 11:19:22 +00002015only be used for debugging. Therefore it is possible to highlight debugging
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002016statements differently. To do this you must add the following definition in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002017your startup file: >
2018 :let java_highlight_debug=1
2019The result will be that those statements are highlighted as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002020characters. If you prefer to have them highlighted differently you must define
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002021new highlightings for the following groups.:
2022 Debug, DebugSpecial, DebugString, DebugBoolean, DebugType
2023which are used for the statement itself, special characters used in debug
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002024strings, strings, boolean constants and types (this, super) respectively. I
Bram Moolenaar2547aa92020-07-26 17:00:44 +02002025have opted to choose another background for those statements.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002026
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002027Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2028creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
2029similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add Javascript
2030and CSS inside this code (see below). There are four differences however:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002031 1. The title (all characters up to the first '.' which is followed by
2032 some white space or up to the first '@') is colored differently (to change
2033 the color change the group CommentTitle).
2034 2. The text is colored as 'Comment'.
2035 3. HTML comments are colored as 'Special'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002036 4. The special Javadoc tags (@see, @param, ...) are highlighted as specials
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002037 and the argument (for @see, @param, @exception) as Function.
2038To turn this feature off add the following line to your startup file: >
2039 :let java_ignore_javadoc=1
2040
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002041If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above you
2042can also turn on special highlighting for Javascript, visual basic
2043scripts and embedded CSS (stylesheets). This makes only sense if you
2044actually have Javadoc comments that include either Javascript or embedded
2045CSS. The options to use are >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002046 :let java_javascript=1
2047 :let java_css=1
2048 :let java_vb=1
2049
2050In order to highlight nested parens with different colors define colors
2051for javaParen, javaParen1 and javaParen2, for example with >
2052 :hi link javaParen Comment
2053or >
2054 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2055
2056If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2057when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "java_minlines" internal variable
2058to a larger number: >
2059 :let java_minlines = 50
2060This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2061displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2062number is that redrawing can become slow.
2063
2064
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002065JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
2066
2067The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2068default. To disable concealment: >
2069 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2070
2071To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2072 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2073
2074
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002075LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002076
2077Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2078style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2079define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2080 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2081
2082
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002083LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002084
2085Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2086gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2087 :syn sync minlines=300
2088may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2089difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2090
2091
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002092LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2093
2094To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2095
2096 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2097<
2098
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002099LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2100
2101The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2102
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002103 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002104 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2105 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002106 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002107 of parenthesization will receive different
2108 highlighting.
2109<
2110The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2111the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2112colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2113specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002114usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002115highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2116
2117
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002118LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002119
2120There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2121
2122If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2123
2124 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2125
2126For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2127set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2128
2129 :let lite_minlines = 200
2130
2131
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002132LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002133
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002134LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002135file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2136users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2137should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2138
2139 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2140
2141If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002142modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002143
2144 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2145
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002146For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002147
2148 // vim:set ft=c:
2149
2150If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2151
2152There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002153used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002154and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002155assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002156you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2157
2158 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2159
2160For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2161
2162 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2163
2164For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2165
2166 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2167
2168For uLPC series of LPC:
2169uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2170instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2171
2172
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002173LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002174
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002175The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002176the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2177lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020021785.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002179
2180 :let lua_version = 5
2181 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002182
2183
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002184MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002185
2186Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002187quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002188signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2189whitespaces and end with a newline.
2190
2191Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002192as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002193only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2194
2195By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002196displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002197with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2198
2199 :let mail_minlines = 30
2200
2201
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002202MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002203
2204In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2205errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2206feature off by using: >
2207
2208 :let make_no_commands = 1
2209
2210
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002211MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002212
2213Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2214supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2215The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2216highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2217
2218 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2219
2220to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2221choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
22221, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2223$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2224
2225 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2226 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2227 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2228 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2229 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2230 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2231 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2232 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2233 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2234
2235
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002236MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax*
2237
2238If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2239slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
2240the start of a region, for example 500 lines: >
2241
2242 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2243
2244
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002245MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002246
2247Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2248have the following in your .vimrc: >
2249
2250 let filetype_m = "mma"
2251
2252
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002253MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002254
2255If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2256highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2257comments: >
2258
2259 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2260
2261To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2262
2263 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2264
2265To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2266'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2267
2268 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2269
2270Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2271
2272 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2273
2274To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2275
2276 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2277
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002278Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2280To enable this option: >
2281
2282 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2283
2284An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2285
2286 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2287
2288
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002289MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002290
2291There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2292
2293If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2294
2295 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2296
2297For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2298set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2299
2300 :let msql_minlines = 200
2301
2302
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002303N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2304
2305N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2306Couchbase Server databases.
2307
2308Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2309and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2310many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2311
2312
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002313NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002314
2315There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2316
2317If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2318errors, use this: >
2319
2320 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2321
2322If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2323
2324
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002325NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002326
2327The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2328activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2329can use them.
2330
2331For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002332processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002333features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2334|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002335
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002336 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002337
2338Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2339Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2340there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002341you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002342can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2343native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2344\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2345accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2346environments.
2347
2348In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2349follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2350
23511. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2352
23532. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2354 exclamation mark, etc.
2355
23563. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2357 carriage return.
2358
2359The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2360algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2361
2362Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2363furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2364vertical space input will be output as is.
2365
2366Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2367than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2368practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002369marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002370need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002371spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2372
2373 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2374
2375Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2376with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2377highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002378"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379
2380 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2381 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2382 \ gui=reverse,bold
2383
2384If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2385with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2386file: >
2387
2388 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2389
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002390As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002391paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2392
2393Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2394groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2395
2396
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002397OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002398
2399The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2400.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2401
2402 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2403
2404you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2405by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2406
2407 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2408
2409prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2410contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2411
2412
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002413PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002414
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002415The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002416and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002417as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2418sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002419you set the variable: >
2420
2421 :let papp_include_html=1
2422
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002423in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002424sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002425edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002426
2427The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2428http://papp.plan9.de.
2429
2430
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002431PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002432
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002433Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2434could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2435or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002436
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002437 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2438 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002439
2440The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2441provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002442Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002443enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2444following line to your startup file: >
2445
2446 :let pascal_traditional=1
2447
2448To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2449keywords, etc): >
2450
2451 :let pascal_delphi=1
2452
2453
2454The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2455*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2456operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2457
2458 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2459
2460Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2461
2462 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2463
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002464Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002465pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2466match Turbo Pascal. >
2467
2468 :let pascal_gpc=1
2469
2470or >
2471
2472 :let pascal_fpc=1
2473
2474To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2475pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2476
2477 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2478
2479If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2480will be highlighted as Error. >
2481
2482 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2483
2484
2485
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002486PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002487
2488There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2489
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002490Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2491to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2492files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002493
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002494 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002495
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002496To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002497off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002498
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002499To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2500from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002501
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002502 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002503
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002504(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2505enabled it.)
2506
2507If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2508
2509 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2510
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002511(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002512
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002513The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2514be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002515perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2516
2517 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2518 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2519 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2520
2521(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2522
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002523The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002524synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2525If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002526then you should try and switch off one of those. Let me know if you can
2527figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002528
2529One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2530
2531 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2532 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2533
2534Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2535its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2536
2537 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2538
2539If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2540
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002541 :let perl_fold = 1
2542
2543If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2544
2545 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002546
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002547Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2548this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002549
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002550 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002551
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002552Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2553via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002554
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002555 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2556
2557Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2558behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2559
2560 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002561
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002562PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002563
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002564[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002565it has been renamed to "php"]
2566
2567There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2568
2569If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2570
2571 let php_sql_query = 1
2572
2573For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2574
2575 let php_baselib = 1
2576
2577Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2578
2579 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2580
2581Using the old colorstyle: >
2582
2583 let php_oldStyle = 1
2584
2585Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2586
2587 let php_asp_tags = 1
2588
2589Disable short tags: >
2590
2591 let php_noShortTags = 1
2592
2593For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2594
2595 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2596
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002597For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002598one: >
2599
2600 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2601
2602Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2603
2604 let php_folding = 1
2605
2606Selecting syncing method: >
2607
2608 let php_sync_method = x
2609
2610x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2611x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2612x = 0 to sync from start.
2613
2614
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002615PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2616
2617TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2618variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002619see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002620
2621This syntax file has the option >
2622
2623 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2624
2625if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2626
2627
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002628PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002629
2630PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2631
2632This syntax file has the options:
2633
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002634- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002635 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002636
2637 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002638 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002639
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002640 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002641 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002642 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002643
2644 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2645
2646- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2647 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2648
2649
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002650PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002651
2652There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2653
2654If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2655
2656 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2657
2658For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2659set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2660
2661 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2662
2663
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002664POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002665
2666There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2667
2668First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2669currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2670and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2671Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2672extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2673level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2674highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2675
2676 :let postscr_level=2
2677
2678If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2679the most prevalent version currently.
2680
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002681Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002682particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2683PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2684
2685If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2686Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2687follows: >
2688
2689 :let postscr_display=1
2690
2691If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2692Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2693postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2694
2695 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2696
2697PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2698useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2699cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2700character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2701explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2702highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2703
2704 :let postscr_fonts=1
2705 :let postscr_encodings=1
2706
2707There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2708PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2709operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2710if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2711operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2712or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2713highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2714postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2715
2716 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2717<
2718
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002719 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2720PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002721
2722This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2723
2724In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
2725the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
2726appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
2727patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
2728"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
2729
2730For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
2731files, add the following: >
2732
2733 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
2734 \ set filetype=ptcap
2735
2736If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
2737are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
2738internal variable to a larger number: >
2739
2740 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
2741
2742(The default is 20 lines.)
2743
2744
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002745PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002746
2747Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
2748doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
2749startup vimrc: >
2750 :let filetype_w = "progress"
2751The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
2752Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
2753 :let filetype_i = "progress"
2754 :let filetype_p = "progress"
2755
2756
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002757PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002758
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002759There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002760
2761For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002762 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002763
2764For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002765 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002766
2767For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002768 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
2769
2770For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
2771 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
2772or >
2773 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002774The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002775
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02002776For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002777 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002778
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09002779If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002780 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002781This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
2782unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002783
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002784If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
2785you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01002786Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
2787 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00002788This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
2789
2790Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
2791 You can replace 1 above with anything.
2792
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01002793
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002794QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002795
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002796The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
2797based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
2798between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
2799definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
2800to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
2801be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002802
2803set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
2804 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
2805
2806set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
2807 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
2808
2809set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
2810 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
2811
2812Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
2813commands than are actually available to you by the game.
2814
2815
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02002816R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
2817
2818The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
2819can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
2820 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
2821
2822You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
2823 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
2824
2825enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
2826braces: >
2827 let r_syntax_folding = 1
2828
2829and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
2830 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
2831
2832
2833R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
2834
2835To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
2836 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
2837
2838To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
2839 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
2840
2841To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
2842 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2843
2844By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
2845language. If you want proper syntax highlighting of chunks of other languages,
2846you should add them to either `markdown_fenced_languages` or
2847`rmd_fenced_languages`. For example to properly highlight both R and Python,
2848you may add this to your |vimrc|: >
2849 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
2850
2851
2852R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
2853
2854To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
2855 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
2856
2857
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002858READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002859
2860The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002861few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002862items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
2863command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
2864 let readline_has_bash = 1
2865
2866This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
2867later, and part earlier) adds.
2868
2869
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01002870REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
2871
2872Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
2873language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
2874the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
2875
2876
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002877RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
2878
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002879Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
2880select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
2881syntax list.
2882
2883To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002884 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002885
2886To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
2887`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
2888 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002889 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
2890 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002891 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01002892 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01002893
2894To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
2895 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
2896
2897To enable folding of sections: >
2898 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
2899
2900Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
2901
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01002902
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002903REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002904
2905If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
2906when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
2907to a larger number: >
2908 :let rexx_minlines = 50
2909This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2910displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2911number is that redrawing can become slow.
2912
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02002913Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
2914comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
2915your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
2916>
2917 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
2918
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002919
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002920RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002921
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002922 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
2923 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
2924 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
2925 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
2926 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
2927
2928 *ruby_operators*
2929 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
2930
2931Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
2932
2933 :let ruby_operators = 1
2934<
2935 *ruby_space_errors*
2936 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
2937
2938Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
2939
2940 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
2941<
2942This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
2943as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
2944"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
2945spaces respectively.
2946
2947 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
2948 Ruby: Folding ~
2949
2950Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
2951
2952 :let ruby_fold = 1
2953<
2954This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
2955buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
2956filetypes.
2957
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002958Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
2959"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
2960
2961You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
2962
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002963 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002964<
2965The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
2966
2967 keyword meaning ~
2968 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
2969 ALL Most block syntax (default)
2970 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002971 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002972 def "def" block
2973 class "class" block
2974 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002975 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002976 begin "begin" block
2977 case "case" block
2978 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002979 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
2980 [ Array literal
2981 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
2982 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002983 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01002984 : Symbol
2985 # Multiline comment
2986 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02002987 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
2988
2989 *ruby_no_expensive*
2990 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002991
2992By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002993of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002994experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
2995you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00002996
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002997 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002998<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002999In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3000
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003001 *ruby_minlines*
3002
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003003If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3004scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3005the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003006
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003007 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003008<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003009Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3010largest class or module.
3011
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003012 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3013 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003014
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003015Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3016"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003017
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003018 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003019<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003020
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003021SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003022
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003023By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003024
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003025scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3026Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003027
3028
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003029SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003030
3031The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3032of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3033
3034The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3035case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003036used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003037highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3038 :let sdl_2000=1
3039
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003040This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003041keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3042 :let SDL_no_96=1
3043
3044
3045The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3046satisfied with it for my own projects.
3047
3048
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003049SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003050
3051To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003052highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003053
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003054 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3055<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003056in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3057inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3058by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3059also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3060you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3061
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003062GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3063comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3064comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3065
3066 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3067<
3068Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3069not (yet) affected by this setting.
3070
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003071Bugs:
3072
3073 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3074 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3075 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3076 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3077 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3078 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3079
3080
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003081SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003082
3083The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3084
3085The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3086This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3087closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3088defined for you)
3089
3090Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3091names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3092
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003093Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003094names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3095
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003096Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003097are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3098text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3099<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3100
3101If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3102following syntax groups:
3103
3104 - sgmlBold
3105 - sgmlBoldItalic
3106 - sgmlUnderline
3107 - sgmlItalic
3108 - sgmlLink for links
3109
3110To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3111following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3112are read during initialization) >
3113 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3114
3115You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3116vimrc file: >
3117 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3118
3119(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3120
3121
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003122 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003123SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003124
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003125This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3126shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003127
3128Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003129various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003130
3131 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3132 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3133<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003134See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3135cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3136/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3137that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3138shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3139symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003140
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003141One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003142variables in your <.vimrc>:
3143
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003144 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003145 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003146< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003147 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003148< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003149 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003150< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003151 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003152
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003153< (dash users should use posix)
3154
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003155If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3156default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003157the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3158statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003159sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003160
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003161The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3162
3163 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3164 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3165 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3166 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003167>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003168then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003169syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3170to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003171
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003172 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3173
3174If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3175when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003176to a larger number. Example: >
3177
3178 let sh_minlines = 500
3179
3180This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3181displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3182number is that redrawing can become slow.
3183
3184If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3185reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3186
3187 let sh_maxlines = 100
3188<
3189The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3190speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3191
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003192syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003193unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003194for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3195the following line in your .vimrc: >
3196
3197 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3198<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003199
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003200 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3201 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003202
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003203You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3204Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3205file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3206
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003207 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003208 " ==============
3209 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3210 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3211 unlet b:current_syntax
3212 endif
3213 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3214 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3215 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3216 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3217 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3218<
3219This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3220 awk '...awk code here...'
3221be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3222extended to other languages.
3223
3224
3225SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3226(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003227
3228The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3229
3230- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3231 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3232 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3233
3234- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3235 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003236 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003237 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3238 them in the syntax file.
3239
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003240- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003241 highlighting of # style comments.
3242
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003243 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003244 number of #s.
3245
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003246 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003247 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003248
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003249 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003250 more than one #.
3251
3252Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003253PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003254fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3255the syntax file.
3256
3257
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003258SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3259 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003260 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003261
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003262While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3263custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3264SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003265
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003266Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3267scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3268supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3269buffer by buffer basis.
3270
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003271For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003272
3273
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003274SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3275
3276Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3277designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3278bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3279with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3280
3281
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003282TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003283
3284This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3285for how the filetype is detected.
3286
3287Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003288is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3289add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003290
3291 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3292
3293If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3294when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3295to a larger number: >
3296
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003297 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003298
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003299This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3300displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3301synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3302tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3303redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003304
3305
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003306TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003307 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003308
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003309 Tex Contents~
3310 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3311 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3312 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3313 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3314 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3315 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3316 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3317 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3318 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3319 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3320 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3321 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3322 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003323 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003324 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003325
3326 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003327 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003328
3329As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3330sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3331 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3332in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3333modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3334 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003335If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003336 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003337<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003338 *g:tex_nospell*
3339 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3340
3341If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3342 let g:tex_nospell=1
3343into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3344comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3345
3346 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003347 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003348
3349Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3350prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3351this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3352 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003353If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3354see |g:tex_nospell|.
3355
3356 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003357 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003358
3359Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3360one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3361want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3362 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003363<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003364 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003365 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003366
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003367The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3368highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3369texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3370terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3371as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003372special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3373 %stopzone
3374which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3375texMathZone.
3376
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003377 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003378 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003379
3380If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3381 :syn sync maxlines=200
3382 :syn sync minlines=50
3383(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003384increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003385if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3386
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003387Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3388|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3389
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003390 *g:tex_fast*
3391
3392Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3393
3394 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3395
3396in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3397highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3398synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3399price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3400folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3401
3402You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3403selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3404
3405 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3406 c : allow texComment syntax
3407 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3408 M : allow texMath syntax
3409 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3410 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3411 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3412 S : allow texStyle syntax
3413 v : allow verbatim syntax
3414 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3415<
3416As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3417but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003418(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003419
3420 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003421 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003422
3423LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3424of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3425package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3426it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3427techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003428by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3429which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3430http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003431
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003432I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3433
3434 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3435<
3436The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3437
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003438 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003439 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003440
3441The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3442although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3443errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3444you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003445 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003446and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003447
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003448 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003449 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003450
3451If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3452code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003453 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3454You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3455(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3456As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3457 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3458You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3459and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3460The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3461has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003462
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003463 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003464 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003465
3466One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3467commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3468following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3469such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3470
3471 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3472 :set ft=tex
3473
3474Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3475always accept such use of @.
3476
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003477 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003478 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003479
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003480If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3481number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3482including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3483superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3484superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3485In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3486
3487One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3488with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003489
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003490 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003491 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3492
3493You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003494<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3495for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003496
3497 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003498 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003499 d = delimiters
3500 m = math symbols
3501 g = Greek
3502 s = superscripts/subscripts
3503<
3504By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3505substitution will not be made.
3506
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003507 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3508 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3509
3510Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3511keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3512syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3513
3514 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3515 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3516 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003517 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003518 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3519 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3520 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003521 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003522
3523 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3524 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3525
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003526 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3527 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3528
3529 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3530
3531 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3532 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3533
3534 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3535 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3536 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3537 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3538
3539 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3540 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3541<
3542 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3543 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3544 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3545< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3546 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3547
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003548 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3549 Tex: Match Check Control~
3550
3551 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003552 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3553 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003554 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3555 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3556 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3557< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3558 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3559 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3560< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3561 regions, >
3562 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3563< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003564
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003565TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003566
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003567There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3568
3569For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3570set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3571
3572 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3573<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003574VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3575 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003576There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003577updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3578g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3579improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003580
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003581 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3582 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3583<
3584 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3585 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003586
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003587 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3588The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3589embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003590
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003591 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
3592 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded lua
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003593 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded mzscheme
3594 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded perl
3595 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded python
3596 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded ruby
3597 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003598<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003599By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
3600itself supports. Concatenate multiple characters to support multiple types
3601of embedded interpreters; ie. g:vimsyn_embed= "mp" supports embedded mzscheme
3602and embedded perl.
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003603 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003604
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003605Some folding is now supported with syntax/vim.vim: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003606
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003607 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3608 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3609 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003610 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold lua script
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003611 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold mzscheme script
3612 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold perl script
3613 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold python script
3614 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold ruby script
3615 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003616<
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003617 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003618Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3619is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003620highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003621
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003622 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3623<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003624
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003625
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003626WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3627
3628The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3629with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3630bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3631https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3632
3633
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003634XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003635
3636The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3637variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3638You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3639xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3640your .vimrc. Example: >
3641 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3642When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3643
3644Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3645"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3646highlighted.
3647
3648
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003649XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003650
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003651Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003652setting a global variable: >
3653
3654 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3655<
3656 *xml-folding*
3657The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003658start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003659
3660 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3661 :set foldmethod=syntax
3662
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003663Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003664especially for large files.
3665
3666
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003667X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003668
3669xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3670XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3671you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3672
3673To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3674somewhere else with "P".
3675
3676Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
3677 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00003678 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003679 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00003680 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
3681 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003682 :endfunction
3683 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
3684 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
3685This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
3686It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
3687must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
3688
3689It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
3690 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
3691
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003692
3693YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
3694
3695 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003696A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
3697non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
3698plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
3699and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
3700integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003701will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
3702
3703Schema Description ~
3704failsafe No additional highlighting.
3705json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
3706core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003707pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
3708 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
3709 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003710 schema.
3711
3712Default schema is `core`.
3713
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01003714Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
3715only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02003716difference defined in the syntax file.
3717
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01003718
3719ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
3720
3721The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
3722
3723 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
3724
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003725==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010037266. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003727
3728Vim understands three types of syntax items:
3729
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037301. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003731 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
3732 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
3733 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
3734 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
3735 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
3736 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003737
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037382. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003739 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
3740
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000037413. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003742 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
3743 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
3744 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
3745
3746Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
3747you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
3748to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
3749and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
3750"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
3751one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
3752This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
3753each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
3754for a lot of groups.
3755
3756Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
3757group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
3758for the syntax group with the same name.
3759
3760In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
3761defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
3762using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
3763match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
3764keyword with ignoring case.
3765
3766
3767PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
3768
3769When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
3770
37711. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
3772 defined last has priority.
37732. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
37743. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
3775 start in later positions.
3776
3777
3778DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
3779
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003780:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003781 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
3782 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
3783 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
3784 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
3785
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003786:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003787 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003788
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003789
3790DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
3791
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003792:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
3793:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003794 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
3795 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
3796
3797 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
3798 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
3799
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003800 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003801 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
3802 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
3803 may close and open horizontally within a line.
3804
3805:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003806 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
3807 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02003808
3809 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
3810
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003811SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
3812
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003813:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
3814:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
3815:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003816 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
3817 in a syntax item:
3818
3819 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
3820 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
3821 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
3822
3823 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
3824 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
3825 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
3826
3827 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
3828
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003829:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00003830 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
3831 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01003832
3833
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003834SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
3835
3836:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
3837 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
3838 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
3839
3840 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
3841 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00003842 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003843
3844 Example: >
3845 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
3846<
3847 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
3848 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
3849 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
3850
3851 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
3852
3853 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01003854 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003855 match.
3856
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02003857 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
3858 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003859 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003860
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003861DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
3862
3863:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
3864
3865 This defines a number of keywords.
3866
3867 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
3868 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3869 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
3870
3871 Example: >
3872 :syntax keyword Type int long char
3873<
3874 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
3875 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
3876 These examples do exactly the same: >
3877 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
3878 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
3879 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02003880< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003881 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
3882 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
3883 variations at once: >
3884 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
3885<
3886 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
3887 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
3888 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
3889 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
3890 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01003891 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003892
3893 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
3894 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
3895 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
3896
3897 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
3898 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
3899 instead.
3900
3901 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
3902
3903 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
3904 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
3905 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003906 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003907 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
3908 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
3909< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
3910 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
3911 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
3912
3913
3914DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
3915
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003916:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
3917 [excludenl]
3918 [keepend]
3919 {pattern}
3920 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003921
3922 This defines one match.
3923
3924 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3925 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3926 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3927 extend a containing match or region. Must be
3928 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02003929 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3930 match with the end pattern. See
3931 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003932 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
3933 See |:syn-pattern| below.
3934 Note that the pattern may match more than one
3935 line, which makes the match depend on where
3936 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
3937 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
3938
3939 Example (match a character constant): >
3940 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
3941<
3942
3943DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
3944 *E398* *E399*
3945:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
3946 [matchgroup={group-name}]
3947 [keepend]
3948 [extend]
3949 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003950 start={start-pattern} ..
3951 [skip={skip-pattern}]
3952 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003953 [{options}]
3954
3955 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
3956
3957 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
3958 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
3959 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
3960 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
3961 for the text in between the matched start and
3962 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
3963 a different group for the start or end match.
3964 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
3965 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
3966 match with the end pattern. See
3967 |:syn-keepend|.
3968 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003969 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003970 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
3971 extend a containing match or item. Only
3972 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
3973 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003974 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003975 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003976 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003977 the region where not to look for the end
3978 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02003979 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003980 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
3981
3982 Example: >
3983 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
3984<
3985 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
3986 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
3987 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
3988 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
3989 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
3990 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
3991
3992 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
3993 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
3994 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
3995 the end patterns.
3996
3997 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
3998 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
3999 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4000
4001 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4002 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4003 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4004 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4005
4006 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4007 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4008 work: >
4009 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4010 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4011< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4012 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4013 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4014 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4015 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4016< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4017 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4018
4019 *:syn-keepend*
4020 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4021 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4022 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4023 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4024 { starts outer "{}" region
4025 { starts contained "{}" region
4026 } ends contained "{}" region
4027 } ends outer "{} region
4028 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4029 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4030 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4031 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4032 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4033 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4034 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4035< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4036 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4037
4038 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4039 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4040 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4041 contained matches.
4042 *:syn-extend*
4043 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4044 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4045 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4046 extended.
4047 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4048 others don't. Example: >
4049
4050 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4051 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4052 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4053
4054< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4055 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4056 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4057
4058 Another example: >
4059 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4060< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4061 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4062 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4063 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4064 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4065
4066 *:syn-excludenl*
4067 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4068 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4069 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4070 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4071 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4072 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4073 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4074 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4075 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4076 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4077 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4078 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4079 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4080
4081 *:syn-matchgroup*
4082 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4083 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4084 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4085< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4086 between with the "String" group.
4087 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4088 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4089 using a matchgroup.
4090
4091 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4092 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4093 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4094 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4095 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4096
4097 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4098 different colors: >
4099 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4100 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4101 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4102 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4103 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4104 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004105<
4106 *E849*
4107The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004108
4109==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041107. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004111
4112The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4113The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4114and may be mixed with patterns.
4115
4116Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4117can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004118 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004119 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4120:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4121:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4122:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004123
4124These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004125 conceal
4126 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004127 contained
4128 containedin
4129 nextgroup
4130 transparent
4131 skipwhite
4132 skipnl
4133 skipempty
4134
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004135conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4136
4137When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004138Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004139'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4140concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4141edit the line.
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02004142Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004143
4144concealends *:syn-concealends*
4145
4146When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4147the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4148Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4149'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
4150in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup"
4151
4152cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004153 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004154The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4155when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4156argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004157character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4158a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004159 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004160See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004161
4162contained *:syn-contained*
4163
4164When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4165the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4166another match. Example: >
4167 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4168 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4169
4170
4171display *:syn-display*
4172
4173If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4174detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4175by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4176to be displayed.
4177
4178Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4179conditions:
4180- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4181 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4182 line.
4183- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4184 make it continue on the next line.
4185- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4186 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4187 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4188- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4189 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4190 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4191 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4192
4193Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4194- match with a number
4195- match with a label
4196
4197
4198transparent *:syn-transparent*
4199
4200If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4201itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4202is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4203only to skip over a part of the text.
4204
4205The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4206unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4207avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4208highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4209 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4210 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4211 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4212 :hi link myString String
4213 :hi link myWord Comment
4214Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4215match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4216argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4217it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4218out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004219"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004220happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4221position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4222
4223When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4224items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4225see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4226through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4227
4228 look from here
4229
4230 | | | | | |
4231 V V V V V V
4232
4233 xxxx yyy more contained items
4234 .................... contained item (transparent)
4235 ============================= first item
4236
4237The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4238transparent group.
4239
4240What you see is:
4241
4242 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4243
4244Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4245
4246
4247oneline *:syn-oneline*
4248
4249The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4250boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4251region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4252the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4253continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4254line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4255
4256When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4257pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4258end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4259means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4260be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4261line break.
4262
4263
4264fold *:syn-fold*
4265
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004266The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004267Example: >
4268 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4269 :syn sync fromstart
4270 :set foldmethod=syntax
4271This will make each {} block form one fold.
4272
4273The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4274ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4275The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004276See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4277from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004278{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4279
4280
4281 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004282contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004283
4284The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4285groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4286containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4287regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4288this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4289here.
4290
4291contains=ALL
4292 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4293 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4294
4295contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4296 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4297 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4298 are listed. Example: >
4299 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4300
4301contains=TOP
4302 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4303 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4304 argument.
4305contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4306 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4307
4308contains=CONTAINED
4309 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4310 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4311 argument.
4312contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4313 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4314 listed.
4315
4316
4317The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4318that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4319The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4320 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4321The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4322that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4323command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4324syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4325the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4326group names.
4327
4328The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4329region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4330|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4331region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4332area that is highlighted
4333
4334
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004335containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004336
4337The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4338item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4339containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4340
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004341The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004342
4343This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4344be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4345of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4346the C syntax: >
4347 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4348Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4349level.
4350
4351Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4352appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4353keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4354work.
4355
4356
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004357nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004358
4359The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4360separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4361
4362If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4363tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4364a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4365will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4366current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4367other groups. Example: >
4368 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4369 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4370 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4371
4372This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4373"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4374highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4375
4376 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4377 fff bbb fff bbb
4378
4379Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4380when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4381highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4382would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4383
4384
4385skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4386skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4387skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4388
4389These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4390used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004391 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004392 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4393 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4394
4395When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4396next group that matches the white space.
4397
4398When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4399line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4400line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4401the current item in the same line.
4402
4403When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4404groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4405for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4406space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4407
4408Example: >
4409 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4410 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4411 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4412Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4413match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4414precedence.
4415Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4416"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4417example).
4418
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004419IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4420
4421:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4422 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4423 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4424 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4425 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4426 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4427 given explicitly.
4428
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004429:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004430 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004431
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004432==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044338. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004434
4435In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4436characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4437use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4438use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4439 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4440 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4441
4442See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004443always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004444value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4445not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4446independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4447
4448Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4449This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4450
4451 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4452The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4453change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4454match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4455are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4456pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4457
4458The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4459The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4460
4461ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4462me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4463hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4464he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4465rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4466re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4467lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4468
4469The {offset} can be:
4470
4471s start of the matched pattern
4472s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4473s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4474e end of the matched pattern
4475e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4476e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004477{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004478
4479Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4480
4481Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4482meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4483
4484 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4485match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4486region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4487region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4488region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4489
4490Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4491 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4492<
4493 some "string" text
4494 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4495
4496Notes:
4497- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4498 offset(s).
4499- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4500- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4501 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004502- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004503 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004504 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004505- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4506 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4507 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4508
4509Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4510 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4511<
4512 /* this is a comment */
4513 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4514
4515A more complicated Example: >
4516 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4517<
4518 abcfoostringbarabc
4519 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004520 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004521
4522Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4523
4524Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4525with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004526in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004527
4528The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4529be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4530cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4531characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4532used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4533specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4534
4535 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4536 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4537 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4538<
4539 ___zzzz ___wwww
4540 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4541 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4542 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4543
4544The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4545unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4546
4547
4548Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4549
4550The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4551expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4552
4553When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4554allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004555following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4556the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004557
4558The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4559continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4560matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4561halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4562previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4563is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4564 x x a
4565 b x x
4566Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4567after the "\n".
4568
4569
4570External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4571
4572These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4573
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004574 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004575 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4576 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4577 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004578
4579 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4580 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4581 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4582 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4583
4584Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4585sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4586shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4587items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4588referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4589example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4590 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4591
4592As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4593it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004594changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004595first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4596also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004597 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004598
4599Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4600indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4601to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4602Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4603within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4604sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4605the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4606
4607Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4608cannot be referred to.
4609
4610==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010046119. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004612
4613:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4614 [add={group-name}..]
4615 [remove={group-name}..]
4616
4617This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4618single name.
4619
4620 contains={group-name}..
4621 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4622 add={group-name}..
4623 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4624 remove={group-name}..
4625 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4626
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004627A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4628nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4629this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004630
4631Example: >
4632 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4633 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4634
4635As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4636retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4637to speak: >
4638 :syntax keyword A aaa
4639 :syntax keyword B bbb
4640 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4641 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4642 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4643
4644This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4645 :syntax keyword A aaa
4646 :syntax keyword B bbb
4647 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4648 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4649 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4650 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4651 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004652<
4653 *E848*
4654The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004655
4656==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100465710. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004658
4659It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4660a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4661two different ways:
4662
4663 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4664 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4665 the |:runtime| command: >
4666
4667 " In cpp.vim:
4668 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4669 :unlet b:current_syntax
4670
4671< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4672 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
4673 ":syntax include" command:
4674
4675:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
4676
4677 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
4678 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
4679 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
4680 that list. >
4681
4682 " In perl.vim:
4683 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
4684 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
4685<
4686 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
4687 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
4688 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
4689 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
4690 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01004691 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
4692 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004693
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004694 *E847*
4695The maximum number of includes is 999.
4696
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004697==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100469811. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004699
4700Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
4701make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
4702redrawing starts.
4703
4704:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
4705
4706There are four ways to synchronize:
47071. Always parse from the start of the file.
4708 |:syn-sync-first|
47092. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
4710 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
4711 |:syn-sync-second|
47123. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
4713 |:syn-sync-third|
47144. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
4715 |:syn-sync-fourth|
4716
4717 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
4718For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
4719limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
4720
4721If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
4722that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
4723lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
4724
4725If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
4726for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
4727adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
4728slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01004729 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004730<
4731 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
4732When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
4733cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
4734start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
4735the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
4736break use this: >
4737 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
4738The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
4739change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
4740value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
4741
4742
4743First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
4744>
4745 :syntax sync fromstart
4746
4747The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
4748accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
4749so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01004750when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004751case: to the end of the file).
4752
4753Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
4754
4755
4756Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
4757
4758For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
4759Example: >
4760 :syntax sync ccomment
4761
4762When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
4763comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
4764used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
4765An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
4766 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
4767This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
4768used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
4769region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
4770
4771The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
4772lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
4773lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
4774lines, but it hard to sync on).
4775
4776Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
4777that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
4778is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
4779chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
4780is hardly ever noticed.
4781
4782
4783Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
4784
4785For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
4786Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
4787means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
4788Example: >
4789 :syntax sync minlines=50
4790
4791"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
4792
4793
4794Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
4795
4796The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
4797sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
4798region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
4799starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
4800the search continues backwards in the file.
4801
4802This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
4803matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
4804- Keywords cannot be used.
4805- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
4806 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
4807- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
4808 forwards.
4809- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
4810 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
4811 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01004812 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004813- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
4814 group of continued lines).
4815- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
4816 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
4817 line (or group of continued lines).
4818- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
4819 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
4820 This is used when a line can contain both the start end the end of a region
4821 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
4822
4823There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
48241. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
4825 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
4826 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
4827 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
48282. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
4829 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
4830 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
4831 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
4832Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
4833
4834Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
4835avoid finding unwanted matches.
4836
4837[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
4838search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
4839highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
4840faster.]
4841
4842 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
4843 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4844
4845 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
4846 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
4847 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
4848 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
4849 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
4850
4851 *syn-sync-groupthere*
4852 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
4853
4854 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
4855 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
4856 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
4857 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
4858 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
4859 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
4860 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
4861 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
4862 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
4863 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
4864
4865 :syntax sync match ..
4866 :syntax sync region ..
4867
4868 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
4869 skipped while searching for a sync point.
4870
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00004871 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004872 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
4873
4874 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
4875 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
4876 consider the lines to be concatenated.
4877
4878If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
4879searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
4880few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
4881 :syntax sync maxlines=100
4882
4883You can clear all sync settings with: >
4884 :syntax sync clear
4885
4886You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
4887 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
4888
4889==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100489012. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004891
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00004892This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004893
4894 :sy[ntax] [list]
4895
4896To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
4897
4898 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
4899
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02004900To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004901
4902 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
4903
4904See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
4905
4906Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
4907is mostly used, because it looks better.
4908
4909==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100491013. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004911
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01004912In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004913and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
4914of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00004915
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004916 colorscheme pablo
4917<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004918 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02004919:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
4920 This is basically the same as >
4921 :echo g:colors_name
4922< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
4923 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
4924 feature it will output "unknown".
4925
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004926:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02004927 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004928 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01004929 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
4930 "start" and then under "opt".
4931
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004932 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004933 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004934
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004935You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
4936appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
4937the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
4938darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004939
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004940 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
4941 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00004942<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004943For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
4944use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
4945the original color scheme: >
4946 runtime colors/evening.vim
4947 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01004948
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004949Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
4950(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
4951autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
4952|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
4953
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01004954 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004955If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
4956using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
4957color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
4958 augroup my_colorschemes
4959 au!
4960 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
4961 augroup END
4962
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01004963Change a couple more colors: >
4964 augroup my_colorschemes
4965 au!
4966 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00004967 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01004968 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
4969 augroup END
4970
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01004971If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
4972colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
4973 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
4974 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
4975
4976With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
4977different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
4978group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
4979you can find them here:
4980https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
4981
4982For info about writing a color scheme file: >
4983 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
4984
4985
4986==============================================================================
498714. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
4988
4989There are three types of highlight groups:
4990- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
4991 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
4992 linked to a group of the second type.
4993- The ones used for all syntax languages.
4994- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
4995 *hitest.vim*
4996You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
4997 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
4998This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
4999in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005000
5001:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5002 attributes set.
5003
5004:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5005 List one highlight group.
5006
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005007 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005008:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005009 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005010 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5011 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005012 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005013
5014:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5015:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5016 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5017 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5018
5019:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5020 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005021 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005022 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005023 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005024 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5025 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5026 argument.
5027
5028Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5029default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5030highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5031values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5032the default value.
5033
5034A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5035a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5036
5037 :hi Comment gui=bold
5038
5039Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5040specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5041result is like this single command has been used: >
5042 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5043<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005044 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005045When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5046also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5047 :verbose hi Comment
5048< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005049 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005050
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005051When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5052mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005053
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005054 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5055There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5056term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005057cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005058 termcap entry)
5059gui the GUI
5060
5061For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5062the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5063
50641. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5065
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005066 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005067 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5068 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5069 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005070term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005071 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005072 following items (in any order):
5073 bold
5074 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005075 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005076 underdouble not always available
5077 underdotted not always available
5078 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005079 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005080 reverse
5081 inverse same as reverse
5082 italic
5083 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005084 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005085 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5086
5087 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5088 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005089 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005090 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005091 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005092 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5093 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5094 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5095 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5096 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5097
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005098< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5099 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5100 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5101 have to specify the codes like this: >
5102 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5103 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5104 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5105< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5106 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5107 fallback.
5108
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005109
5110start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5111stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5112 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5113 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5114
5115 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5116 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5117 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5118 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5119 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5120 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5121 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5122
5123 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5124
5125 1. A string with escape sequences.
5126 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5127 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5128 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5129 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5130
5131 2. A list of terminal codes.
5132 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5133 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5134 White space is not allowed. Example:
5135 start=t_C1,t_BL
5136 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5137
5138
51392. highlight arguments for color terminals
5140
5141cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5142 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5143 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5144 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5145 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005146 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5147 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5148 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005149
5150ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5151ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005152ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5153 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5154 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005156 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5157 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5158 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5159 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5160 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5161 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5162
5163 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5164 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5165 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5166 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5167 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005168 *tmux*
5169 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5170 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005171 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5172 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005173< More info at:
5174 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5175 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005176
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005177 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5178 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5179 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005180 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5181 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5182
5183 *cterm-colors*
5184 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5185 0 0 Black
5186 1 4 DarkBlue
5187 2 2 DarkGreen
5188 3 6 DarkCyan
5189 4 1 DarkRed
5190 5 5 DarkMagenta
5191 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5192 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5193 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5194 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5195 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5196 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5197 12 1* Red, LightRed
5198 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5199 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5200 15 7* White
5201
5202 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5203 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5204 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5205 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5206 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5207 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5208 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5209 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5210 a number instead of a color name.
5211
5212 The case of the color names is ignored.
5213 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005214 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5215 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005216
5217 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5218 colors!
5219
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005220 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5221
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005222 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5223 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5224 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5225 Example: >
5226 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5227< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005228 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5229 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5230 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5231 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5232 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005233 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005234 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005235 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005236
5237 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5238 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5239 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5240 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005241 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5242 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5243 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5244 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5245 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005246 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5247< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005248 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005249 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5250
5251
52523. highlight arguments for the GUI
5253
5254gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5255 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5256 See |attr-list| for a description.
5257 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5258 have the same effect.
5259 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5260
5261font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5262 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5263 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5264 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5265<
5266 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5267 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5268 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5269 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005270 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005271 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5272 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5273 changed.
5274 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5275 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5276 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005277 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5278 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5279 Example: >
5280 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005281
5282guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5283guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005284guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5285 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005286 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5287 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005288 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005289 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005290 bg use normal background color
5291 background use normal background color
5292 fg use normal foreground color
5293 foreground use normal foreground color
5294 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5295 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5296 Example: >
5297 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5298<
5299 *gui-colors*
5300 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5301 Red LightRed DarkRed
5302 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5303 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5304 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5305 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5306 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5307 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5308 Black White
5309 Orange Purple Violet
5310
5311 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5312 |win32-colors|.
5313
5314 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5315 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5316 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005317 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005318 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005319 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005320 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005321<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005322 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005323 repeatedly, you can define a name for it in |v:colornames|. For
5324 example: >
5325
5326 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5327 # override it.
5328 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5329 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5330<
5331 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5332 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5333 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5334 scheme: >
5335
5336 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5337 colorscheme alt
5338<
5339 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5340 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5341 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5342 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5343 by a color scheme using: >
5344
5345 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5346 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5347<
5348
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005349 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5350These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5351'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5352of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5353command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005354When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5355unreadable use Visual selection.
5356
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005357 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005358ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005359 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005360Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5361 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005362 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005363Cursor Character under the cursor.
5364lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5365 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005366 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005367CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005368 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005369CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005370 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005371CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005372 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005373Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005374 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005375DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005376 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005377DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005378 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005379DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005380 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005381DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005382 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005383EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005384 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005385 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005386ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005387 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005388VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005389 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005390Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005391 *hl-FoldColumn*
5392FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5393 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005394SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005395 *hl-IncSearch*
5396IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005397 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005398 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005399LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005400 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005401 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5402LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5403 option is set, above the cursor line.
5404 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5405LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5406 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005407 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005408CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5409 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005410 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5411CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005412 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5413CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005414 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005415MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005416 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005417 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005418MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5419 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005420 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005421ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005422 *hl-MoreMsg*
5423MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5424 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005425NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5426 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5427 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5428 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5429 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005430 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005431Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005432 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005433Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005434 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005435PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005436 *hl-PmenuKind*
5437PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5438 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5439PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5440 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5441PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5442 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5443PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005444 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005445PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005446 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5447PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005448 *hl-PopupNotification*
5449PopupNotification
5450 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5451 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005452 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005453Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005454 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5455QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005456 *hl-Search*
5457Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005458 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005459 *hl-CurSearch*
5460CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005461 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5462 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005463 *hl-SpecialKey*
5464SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5465 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005466 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005467 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005468 *hl-SpellBad*
5469SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5470 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005471 *hl-SpellCap*
5472SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5473 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005474 *hl-SpellLocal*
5475SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5476 used in another region. |spell|
5477 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5478 *hl-SpellRare*
5479SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5480 hardly ever used. |spell|
5481 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005482 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005483StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005484 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5485StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005486 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005487 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005488 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005489StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005490 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005491StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5492 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005493 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005494TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005495 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005496TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005497 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005498TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005499 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005500Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005501 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005502Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005503 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005504Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005505 *hl-VisualNOS*
5506VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5507 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5508 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005509WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005510 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005511WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005512
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005513 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005514The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005515statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005516
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005517For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005518scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5519Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5520and guifg.
5521
5522 *hl-Menu*
5523Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5524 Also used for the toolbar.
5525 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5526
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005527 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005528 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5529 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5530 set.
5531
5532 *hl-Scrollbar*
5533Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5534 scrollbars.
5535 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5536
5537 *hl-Tooltip*
5538Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5539 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5540
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005541 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005542 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5543 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5544 set.
5545
5546==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100554715. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005548
5549When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5550can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5551group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5552
5553To set a link:
5554
5555 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5556
5557To remove a link:
5558
5559 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5560
5561Notes: *E414*
5562- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5563 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5564- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5565 removed.
5566- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5567 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5568 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5569 links for groups that already have settings.
5570
5571 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5572The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5573group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5574will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5575
5576Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5577specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5578 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5579If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5580 :highlight link cComment Question
5581Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5582overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5583
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005584To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5585highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5586another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5587"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5588 highlight! default link cComment Question
5589
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005590==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100559116. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005592
5593If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5594command: >
5595 :syntax clear
5596
5597This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5598or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5599in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5600load the syntax file.
5601The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5602loaded after this command.
5603
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005604To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5605 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5606This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5607
5608To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5609 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5610This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5611
5612 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005613If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5614the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5615 :syntax off
5616
5617What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5618 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5619See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5620$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5621
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005622 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5623If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5624defaults back: >
5625
5626 :syntax reset
5627
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005628It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5629affects the highlighting.
5630
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005631This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5632
5633Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5634back to their Vim default.
5635Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5636scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5637
5638What this actually does is: >
5639
5640 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5641 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5642
5643Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5644
5645 *syncolor*
5646If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5647script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5648'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5649the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5650reset" command.
5651
5652For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5653
5654 if &background == "light"
5655 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
5656 else
5657 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
5658 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005659<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00005660 *E679*
5661Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
5662'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
5663endless loop.
5664
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005665Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
5666your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
5667depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
5668
5669 *syntax_cmd*
5670The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
5671syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005672 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005673 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00005674 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
5675 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
5676 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005677 the colors.
5678 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
5679 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
5680 them.
5681
5682==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100568317. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005684
5685If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
5686mappings.
5687
5688 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
5689 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
5690>
5691 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
5692 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
5693
5694WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
5695memory Vim will consume.
5696
5697Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005698must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
5699at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005700
5701Put these lines in your Makefile:
5702
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00005703# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005704types: types.vim
5705types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005706 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005707 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
5708 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
5709
5710And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
5711
5712 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005713 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005714 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00005715 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005716 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
5717
5718==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100571918. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005720
5721Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
5722possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
5723private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
5724with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
5725highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
5726italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
5727
5728To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
5729windows on the buffer: >
5730 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005731< *w:current_syntax*
5732This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
5733"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
5734restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
5735"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
5736"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01005737Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005738
5739Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005740on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02005741syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005742same buffer.
5743
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02005744A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
5745is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
5746When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005747
5748==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100574919. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005750
5751Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
5752default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
5753 :if &term =~ "xterm"
5754 : if has("terminfo")
5755 : set t_Co=8
5756 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
5757 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
5758 : else
5759 : set t_Co=8
5760 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5761 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5762 : endif
5763 :endif
5764< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5765
5766You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
5767e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
5768
5769Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
5770be wrong.
5771 *xiterm* *rxvt*
5772The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
5773But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
5774 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
5775 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
5776<
5777 *colortest.vim*
5778To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00005779To use it, execute this command: >
5780 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005781
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005782Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005783output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
5784at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
5785colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
5786
5787 *xfree-xterm*
5788To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005789included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005790at: >
5791 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
5792Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
5793termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
5794supports. >
5795 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
5796If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
5797(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
5798
5799This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
5800 :if has("terminfo")
5801 : set t_Co=16
5802 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
5803 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
5804 :else
5805 : set t_Co=16
5806 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
5807 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
5808 :endif
5809< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5810
5811Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
5812translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
5813Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
5814
5815For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
5816
5817 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
5818 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
5819
5820Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
5821and try if that works.
5822
5823You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
5824 XTerm*color0: #000000
5825 XTerm*color1: #c00000
5826 XTerm*color2: #008000
5827 XTerm*color3: #808000
5828 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
5829 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
5830 XTerm*color6: #008080
5831 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
5832 XTerm*color8: #808080
5833 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
5834 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
5835 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
5836 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
5837 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
5838 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
5839 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
5840 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
5841
5842[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
5843cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005844newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005845
5846To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
5847Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
5848 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
5849<
5850 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
5851To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
5852Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
5853these resources:
5854 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
5855 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
5856 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
5857 XTerm*cursorColor: White
5858
5859 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00005860These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005861foreground colors: >
5862 :if has("terminfo")
5863 : set t_Co=8
5864 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
5865 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5866 :else
5867 : set t_Co=8
5868 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
5869 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
5870 :endif
5871< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
5872
5873 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
5874These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
5875emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
5876bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
5877 :set t_Co=16
5878 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
5879 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
5880<
5881 *TTpro-telnet*
5882These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
5883open-source program for MS-Windows. >
5884 set t_Co=16
5885 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
5886 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
5887Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
5888that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
5889(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
5890
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005891
5892==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100589320. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005894
5895This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
5896
5897If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
5898faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
5899as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
5900
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005901Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005902You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
5903
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005904To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
5905sequence: >
5906 :syntime on
5907 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
5908 :syntime report
5909
5910This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
5911it took to match them against the text.
5912
5913:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
5914 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
5915 matching.
5916
5917:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
5918
5919:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
5920
5921:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
5922 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
5923 the output.
5924
5925 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
5926 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
5927 matching this pattern.
5928 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
5929 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
5930 matched
5931 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
5932 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
5933 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
5934 this is not unique.
5935 PATTERN The pattern being used.
5936
5937Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
5938include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
5939pattern does NOT match.
5940
5941When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
5942all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
5943literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
5944
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005945"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005946 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02005947"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02005948
5949
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02005950 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: